1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, seems to him like a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
97 @c @macro option{entry}
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Writing}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Writing}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Writing}
269 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
270 @set ref-label @ref{label}
271 @set xref-label @xref{label}
272 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
274 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
275 @set ref-list @ref{list}
276 @set xref-list @xref{list}
277 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
279 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
280 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
281 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
282 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
284 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
285 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
286 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
287 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
289 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
290 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
291 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
292 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
294 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
295 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
296 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
297 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
299 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
300 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
301 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
302 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
304 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
305 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
306 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
307 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
309 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
310 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
314 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
315 @set ref-null @ref{files}
316 @set xref-null @xref{files}
317 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
319 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
320 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
321 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
322 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
324 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
325 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
326 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
327 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
329 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
330 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
331 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
332 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
334 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
335 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
336 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
337 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
339 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
340 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
341 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
342 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
344 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
345 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
346 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
347 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
349 @set op-format @kbd{--format}
350 @set ref-format @ref{format}
351 @set xref-format @xref{format}
352 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
354 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
355 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
356 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
357 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
358 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
360 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
361 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
362 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
363 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
365 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
366 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
367 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
368 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
370 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
371 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
372 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
373 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
375 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
376 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
377 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
378 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
380 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
381 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
382 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
383 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
384 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
386 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
387 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
388 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
389 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
391 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
393 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
394 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
395 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
396 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
397 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
399 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
400 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
401 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
402 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
404 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
405 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
406 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
407 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
408 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
410 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
411 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
412 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
413 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
415 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
416 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
417 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
418 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
420 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
421 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
422 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
423 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
425 @set op-strip-path @kbd{--strip-path}
426 @set ref-strip-path @ref{--strip-path}
427 @set xref-strip-path @xref{--strip-path}
428 @set pxref-strip-path @pxref{--strip-path}
430 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
431 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
432 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
433 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
435 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
436 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
437 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
438 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
440 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
441 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
442 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
443 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
445 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
446 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
447 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
448 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
450 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
451 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
452 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
453 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
455 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
456 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
457 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
458 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
460 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
461 @set ref-update @ref{update}
462 @set xref-update @xref{update}
463 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
465 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
466 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
467 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
468 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
470 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
471 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
472 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
473 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
475 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
476 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
477 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
478 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
480 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
481 @set ref-version @ref{help}
482 @set xref-version @xref{help}
483 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
485 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
486 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
487 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
488 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
490 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
501 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
502 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
505 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
506 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
509 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
510 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
511 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
512 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
513 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
514 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
515 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
517 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
518 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
519 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
523 @dircategory Archiving
525 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
528 @dircategory Individual utilities
530 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}
533 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
536 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
537 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
538 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
539 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
540 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
541 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
544 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
550 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
554 @cindex file archival
555 @cindex archiving files
557 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
558 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
561 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
562 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
571 * Date input formats::
574 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
575 * Copying This Manual::
579 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
583 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
584 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
585 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
586 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
587 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
588 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
589 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
591 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
594 * stylistic conventions::
595 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
596 * frequent operations::
597 * Two Frequent Options::
598 * create:: How to Create Archives
599 * list:: How to List Archives
600 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
603 Two Frequently Used Options
609 How to Create Archives
611 * prepare for examples::
612 * Creating the archive::
621 How to Extract Members from an Archive
623 * extracting archives::
631 * using tar options::
638 The Three Option Styles
640 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
641 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
642 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
643 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
645 All @command{tar} Options
647 * Operation Summary::
649 * Short Option Summary::
661 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
670 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
672 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
679 Options Used by @code{--create}
681 * Ignore Failed Read::
683 Options Used by @code{--extract}
685 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
686 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
687 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
689 Options to Help Read Archives
691 * read full records::
694 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
696 * Dealing with Old Files::
697 * Overwrite Old Files::
701 * Modification Times::
702 * Setting Access Permissions::
703 * Writing to Standard Output::
706 Coping with Scarce Resources
711 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
713 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
714 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
715 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
716 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
717 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
718 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
719 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
721 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
723 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
724 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
726 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
728 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
729 * Selecting Archive Members::
730 * files:: Reading Names from a File
731 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
733 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
734 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
735 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
737 Reading Names from a File
743 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
744 * problems with exclude::
746 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
748 * directory:: Changing Directory
749 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
753 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
754 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
755 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
756 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
757 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
758 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
759 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
760 * Authors of getdate:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
762 Controlling the Archive Format
764 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
765 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
766 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
767 * Standard:: The Standard Format
768 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
769 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
771 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
773 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
774 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
775 * old:: Old V7 Archives
776 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
777 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
778 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
780 Using Less Space through Compression
782 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
783 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
785 Tapes and Other Archive Media
787 * Device:: Device selection and switching
788 * Remote Tape Server::
789 * Common Problems and Solutions::
790 * Blocking:: Blocking
791 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
792 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
793 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
799 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
800 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
802 Many Archives on One Tape
804 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
805 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
809 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
810 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
814 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
820 @chapter Introduction
823 and manipulates (@dfn{archives}) which are actually collections of
824 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
825 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
826 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
827 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
830 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
831 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
832 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
833 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
834 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
835 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
836 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
840 @section What this Book Contains
842 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
843 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
844 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
847 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
848 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
849 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
850 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
851 progressive order, building on information already explained.
853 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
854 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
855 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
856 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
857 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
858 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
859 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
860 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
861 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
862 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
864 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
865 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
867 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
868 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
869 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
870 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
871 about a specific topic.
873 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
874 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
875 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
876 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
878 In general, we give both the long and short (abbreviated) option names
879 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
880 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
881 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
885 @section Some Definitions
889 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
890 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
891 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
892 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
893 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
894 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
895 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
896 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
899 @cindex archive member
902 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
903 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
904 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
905 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
906 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
907 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
912 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
913 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
914 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
915 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
916 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
917 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
918 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
919 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
920 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
921 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
922 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
925 @section What @command{tar} Does
928 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
929 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
930 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
931 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
934 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
935 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
936 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
937 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
938 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
940 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
942 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
943 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
947 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
948 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
949 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
950 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
951 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
954 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
955 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
956 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
957 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
958 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
959 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
962 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
963 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
964 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
965 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
966 all dimensions, even time!)
969 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
970 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
971 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
972 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
973 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
974 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
975 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
976 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
980 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
981 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
982 files from one system to another.
985 @node Naming tar Archives
986 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
988 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
989 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
990 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
991 it and to make examples more clear.
996 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
997 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
998 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
999 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1000 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1002 @node Current status
1003 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1005 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1009 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1011 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1012 @item Revise sparse file handling.
1013 @item Revise multiple volume processing.
1016 The following issues need mentioning:
1019 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1020 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1021 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1023 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1024 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1025 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1027 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1028 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1029 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1031 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1032 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1034 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1035 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1036 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1037 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1038 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1039 @option{--check-links}.
1041 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1042 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1044 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1045 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1049 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1051 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1052 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1053 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1054 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, and finally
1055 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, with the help of numerous and kind users.
1057 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1058 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1059 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1060 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1061 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1063 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1064 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1065 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1066 i'll think about it.}
1068 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1069 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1071 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1072 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1073 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1074 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1075 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1076 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1077 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1078 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1079 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1080 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1083 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1084 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1086 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1087 an active development and maintenance work has started
1088 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1089 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1091 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1094 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1097 @cindex reporting bugs
1098 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1099 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1102 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1104 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1105 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1106 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1107 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1108 details about how @command{tar} works.
1112 * stylistic conventions::
1113 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1114 * frequent operations::
1115 * Two Frequent Options::
1116 * create:: How to Create Archives
1117 * list:: How to List Archives
1118 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1123 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1125 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1126 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1127 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1128 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1129 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1133 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1134 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1135 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1136 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1137 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1138 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1139 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1140 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1141 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1142 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1143 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1144 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1148 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1149 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1150 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1151 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1152 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1153 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1154 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1157 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1158 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1159 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1160 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1161 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1162 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1163 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1164 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1165 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1167 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1170 @node stylistic conventions
1171 @section Stylistic Conventions
1173 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1174 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1175 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1176 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1177 sometimes @samp{like this}. When we have lines which are too long to be
1178 displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1181 This is an example of a line which would otherwise not fit in this space.
1184 @FIXME{how often do we use smallexample?}
1186 @node basic tar options
1187 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1189 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1190 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1191 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1192 operations, and options.
1194 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1195 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1196 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1197 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1198 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1199 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1201 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1202 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1203 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1204 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1205 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1206 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1208 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1209 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1210 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1211 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1212 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1213 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1214 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1215 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1216 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1217 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1218 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options} and
1219 @ref{Short Options}.)
1221 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1222 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1223 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1224 For example, instead of typing
1227 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1233 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1239 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1243 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1244 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1245 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1247 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1248 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1249 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1250 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1251 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1252 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1253 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1255 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1256 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1257 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1258 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1259 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1260 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1261 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1262 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1263 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1266 @node frequent operations
1267 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1269 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1270 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1271 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1272 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1277 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1280 List the contents of an archive.
1283 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1286 @node Two Frequent Options
1287 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1289 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1290 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1291 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1292 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1293 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1294 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1298 * verbose tutorial::
1303 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1306 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1307 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1308 Specify the name of an archive file.
1311 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1312 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1313 that @command{tar} will work on.
1315 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1316 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1317 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1318 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1319 look roughly like one of the following:
1322 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1323 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1327 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1328 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1329 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1332 @node verbose tutorial
1333 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1338 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1341 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1342 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1343 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1344 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1345 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1346 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1347 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1348 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1349 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1350 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1352 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1353 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1354 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1355 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1356 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1357 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1358 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1359 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1362 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1366 above, you might say
1369 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1373 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1374 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1378 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1382 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1384 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1388 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1393 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1394 all operations and option available for the current version of
1395 @command{tar} available on your system.
1399 @section How to Create Archives
1402 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1403 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1404 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1405 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1408 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1409 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1410 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1411 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1412 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1413 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1414 other directories and other archives.
1416 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1417 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1418 @file{collection.tar}.
1420 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1421 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1422 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1423 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1424 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1425 @command{tar} works.
1428 * prepare for examples::
1429 * Creating the archive::
1435 @node prepare for examples
1436 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1438 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1439 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1440 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1441 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1442 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1443 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1445 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1446 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1447 the full path name of this directory is
1448 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1449 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1451 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1452 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1453 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1454 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1456 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1457 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1458 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1459 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1460 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1461 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1462 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1463 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1464 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1465 information on how to do this.
1467 @node Creating the archive
1468 @subsection Creating the Archive
1470 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1471 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1474 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1477 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1478 option forms}. You could also say:
1481 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1485 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1486 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1487 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1488 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1490 Note that the part of the command which says,
1491 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1492 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1493 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1494 archive file you create.
1496 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1497 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1498 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1499 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1500 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1501 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1503 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1504 is the operation which creates the new archive
1505 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1506 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1507 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1508 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1509 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1510 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1511 @FIXME{xref to definitions?}
1513 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1514 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1515 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1517 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1518 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1521 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1525 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1526 the files in the directory.
1528 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1529 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1530 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1531 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1533 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1534 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1535 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1537 @node create verbose
1538 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1540 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1541 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1542 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1545 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1551 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1552 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1554 (note the different font styles).
1560 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1561 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1562 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1566 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1568 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1569 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1570 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1571 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1572 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1573 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1574 using short option forms:
1577 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1584 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1585 long or short option forms.
1587 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1588 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1589 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1590 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1591 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1595 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1599 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1600 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1601 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1602 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1603 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1604 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1605 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1606 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1607 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1608 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1609 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1611 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1612 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1613 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1618 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1622 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1623 becomes much more so:
1626 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1630 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1631 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1634 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1635 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1636 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1637 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1638 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1639 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1640 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1641 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1644 @subsection Archiving Directories
1646 @cindex Archiving Directories
1647 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1648 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1649 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1650 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1651 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1653 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1654 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1663 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1664 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1665 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1666 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1669 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1673 @command{tar} should output:
1680 practice/collection.tar
1683 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1684 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1685 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1686 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1687 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1688 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1689 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1690 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1691 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1692 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1693 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1694 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1695 into the file system).
1697 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1700 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1704 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1705 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1706 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1707 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1708 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1709 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1710 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1711 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1712 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1713 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1714 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1715 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1716 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1717 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1718 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1719 directory being dumped.}
1722 @section How to List Archives
1724 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1725 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1726 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1727 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1728 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1729 created in the last section with the command,
1732 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1736 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1744 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1745 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1748 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1757 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1758 to specify the name of the archive.
1760 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1761 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1762 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1764 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1768 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1769 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1772 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1773 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1774 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1775 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1776 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1777 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1779 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1780 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1781 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1782 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1783 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1784 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1785 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1786 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1787 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1788 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1789 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1791 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1792 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1793 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1794 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1795 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1796 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1797 stored in the specified archive.
1804 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1807 @FIXME{i changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a
1808 chance to play around with this node's example, yet. i have to play
1809 with it and see what it actually does for my own satisfaction, even if
1810 what it says *is* correct..}
1812 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1813 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1814 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1815 @value{op-verbose} option.
1817 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1818 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1821 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1824 @command{tar} responds:
1827 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1828 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1829 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1830 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1831 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1834 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1835 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1838 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1841 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1842 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1844 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1845 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1846 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1847 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1848 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1849 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1850 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1851 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1853 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1854 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1855 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1856 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1859 * extracting archives::
1860 * extracting files::
1862 * extracting untrusted archives::
1863 * failing commands::
1866 @node extracting archives
1867 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1869 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1870 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1873 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1880 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1881 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1882 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1885 @node extracting files
1886 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1888 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1889 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1890 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1891 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1892 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1893 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{check this; will the times,
1894 permissions, owner, etc be the same, also?}
1896 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1897 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1898 the files in the directory again.
1900 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1901 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1904 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1908 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1909 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1910 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1911 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1912 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1913 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1914 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1915 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1916 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1917 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1918 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1919 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1920 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1923 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1924 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1925 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1926 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1927 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1928 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1931 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1932 with the @option{--to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1935 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1936 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1939 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1941 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1942 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1943 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1944 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1945 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1946 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1947 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1948 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1949 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1950 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted.
1952 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1953 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1954 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1956 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1957 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1958 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1959 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1960 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1961 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1962 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1963 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1967 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1970 @FIXME{need to show tar's response; used verbose above. also, here's a
1971 good place to demonstrate the -v -v thing. have to write that up
1972 (should be trivial, but i'm too tired!).}
1975 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1976 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1977 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1978 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1980 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1983 @node extracting untrusted archives
1984 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1986 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1987 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1988 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1989 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1990 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1991 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1992 extract it as follows:
1995 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1997 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
2000 @node failing commands
2001 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2003 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2006 If you try to use this command,
2009 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2013 you will get the following response:
2016 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2017 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2022 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2023 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2024 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2027 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2033 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2037 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2040 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2044 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2045 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2046 files from the archive.
2048 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2049 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2051 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2054 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2056 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2057 be in the rest of the manual.}
2059 @node tar invocation
2060 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2063 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2064 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2065 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2066 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2067 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2068 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2069 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2070 depending on what the operation is.
2072 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2073 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2074 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2075 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2076 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2078 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2079 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2080 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2081 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2082 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2083 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2087 * using tar options::
2096 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2098 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2101 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2102 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2105 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2107 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2108 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2109 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2110 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2111 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2112 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2113 @command{tar} is to act on.
2115 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2116 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2117 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2118 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2120 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2121 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2122 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2123 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2124 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2125 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2126 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2127 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2128 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2130 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2131 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2132 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2133 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2134 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2135 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2137 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2138 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2139 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2140 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2142 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2143 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2144 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2145 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2146 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2147 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2148 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2149 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2150 sufficient for this.
2152 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2153 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2154 @value{op-files-from} option.
2156 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2157 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2158 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2159 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2160 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2161 on the entire contents of the archive.
2164 @cindex return status
2165 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2166 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2167 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2168 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2169 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2170 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2171 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2172 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2173 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2174 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2177 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2178 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2179 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2180 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2181 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2182 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2184 @node using tar options
2185 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2187 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2188 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2189 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2190 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2191 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2192 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2193 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2194 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2195 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2196 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2198 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2199 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2200 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2201 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2202 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2203 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2204 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2205 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2206 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2207 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2208 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2209 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2211 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2212 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2213 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2214 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2215 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2216 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2217 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2219 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2220 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2221 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2222 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2223 write @value{op-list}.
2225 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2226 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2227 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2228 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2231 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2232 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2236 @section The Three Option Styles
2238 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2239 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2240 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2241 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2243 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2244 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2245 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2246 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2247 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2248 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2249 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2250 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2251 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2252 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2253 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2254 feel comfortable with the others.
2256 @FIXME{hag to write a brief paragraph on the option(s) which can
2257 optionally take an argument}
2260 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2261 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2262 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2263 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2266 @node Mnemonic Options
2267 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2269 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2270 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2272 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2273 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2274 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2275 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2276 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2277 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2278 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2279 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2280 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2281 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2282 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2283 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2284 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2285 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2286 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2288 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2289 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2290 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2293 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2297 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2298 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2300 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2301 immediately following the option name; they are introduced by an equal
2302 sign. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which tells the name
2303 of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as @file{archive.tar}
2304 as argument by using the notation @samp{--file=archive.tar} for the
2308 @subsection Short Option Style
2310 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2311 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2312 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2313 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2315 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2317 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2318 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2319 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2320 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2321 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2322 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2323 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2324 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2326 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2327 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2328 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2329 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2330 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2331 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2332 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2333 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2335 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2336 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2340 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2343 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2344 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2345 end up overwriting files.
2348 @subsection Old Option Style
2351 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2352 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2353 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2354 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2355 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2356 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2357 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2358 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2359 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2360 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2361 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2362 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2364 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2366 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2367 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2368 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2372 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2376 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2377 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2379 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2380 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2381 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2382 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2383 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2384 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2385 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2388 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2389 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2391 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2392 users. For example, the two commands:
2395 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2396 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2400 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2401 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2402 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2403 @samp{f}---probably not what was intended.
2405 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2407 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2408 following are equivalent:
2411 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2412 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2413 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2416 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2418 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2419 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2420 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2421 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2422 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2423 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2424 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2425 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2426 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2429 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2431 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2432 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2433 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2434 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2435 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2436 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2437 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2438 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2439 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2440 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2441 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2442 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2445 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2446 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2449 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2450 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2451 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2452 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2453 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2454 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2455 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2456 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2457 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2458 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2459 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2460 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2461 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2462 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2463 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2464 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2465 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2466 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2467 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2468 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2469 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2472 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2476 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2477 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2478 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2479 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2480 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2484 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2485 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2486 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2487 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2488 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2489 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2490 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2491 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2492 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2493 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2494 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2497 @section All @command{tar} Options
2499 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2500 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2501 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2502 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2503 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2504 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2507 * Operation Summary::
2509 * Short Option Summary::
2512 @node Operation Summary
2513 @subsection Operations
2520 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2525 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2530 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2531 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2532 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2537 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2543 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2547 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2548 tape! @xref{delete}.
2553 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2558 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2563 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2568 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2573 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2574 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2575 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2576 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2577 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2578 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2583 @node Option Summary
2584 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2588 @item --absolute-names
2591 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2592 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2597 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2600 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2603 @item --atime-preserve
2605 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2606 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2607 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2608 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2609 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2610 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2611 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2615 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2617 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2618 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2619 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2621 @item --block-number
2624 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2625 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2627 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2628 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2630 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2631 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2636 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2637 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2641 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2642 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2643 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2644 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2648 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2649 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2650 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2653 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2654 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2655 semantics for @option{-l}.
2657 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2663 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2664 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2665 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2667 @item --confirmation
2669 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2674 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2675 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2676 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2678 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2681 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2682 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2683 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2685 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2687 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2688 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2690 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2691 @itemx -X @var{file}
2693 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2694 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2696 @item --file=@var{archive}
2697 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2699 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2700 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2701 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2703 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2704 @itemx -T @var{file}
2706 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2707 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2708 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2712 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2713 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2716 @item --format=@var{format}
2718 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2723 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2726 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2730 Creates a POSIX.1-1988 compatible archive.
2733 Creates a POSIX.1-2001 archive.
2736 Creates archive in GNU format.
2739 @item --group=@var{group}
2741 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2742 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2743 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2744 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2746 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2753 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2754 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2755 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2759 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2760 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2763 Ignore case when excluding files.
2766 @item --ignore-failed-read
2768 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2771 @item --ignore-zeros
2774 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2775 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2780 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2781 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2782 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2784 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2786 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2788 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2789 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2790 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2792 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2793 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2794 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2797 @itemx --confirmation
2800 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2801 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2804 @item --keep-old-files
2807 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2810 @item --label=@var{name}
2811 @itemx -V @var{name}
2813 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2814 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2815 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2816 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2818 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2819 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2821 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2822 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2823 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2824 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2825 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2827 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2829 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2830 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2831 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2832 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2833 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2834 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2835 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2838 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2839 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2840 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2841 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2842 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2844 @item --multi-volume
2847 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2848 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2850 @item --new-volume-script
2854 @item --newer=@var{date}
2855 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2858 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2859 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2860 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2861 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2863 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2865 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2866 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2867 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2870 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2873 @item --no-ignore-case
2874 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2877 @item --no-recursion
2879 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2882 @item --no-same-owner
2885 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2886 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2887 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2889 @item --no-same-permissions
2891 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2892 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2893 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2895 @item --no-wildcards
2896 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2899 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2900 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2905 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2906 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2907 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2910 @item --numeric-owner
2912 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2913 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2917 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2918 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2919 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2921 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2922 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2923 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2924 removed in the future releases.
2926 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2928 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2930 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2931 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2932 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2933 line or via @option{-T} option.
2935 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2936 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2939 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2943 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2944 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2947 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2949 @item --one-file-system
2951 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2952 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2955 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2956 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2957 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2958 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2959 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2961 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2965 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2966 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2968 @item --overwrite-dir
2970 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2971 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2973 @item --owner=@var{user}
2975 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2976 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2977 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2978 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2981 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2982 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2983 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2984 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2986 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2989 @itemx --old-archive
2990 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2993 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2997 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
2998 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3000 @item --preserve-order
3002 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3004 @item --preserve-permissions
3005 @itemx --same-permissions
3008 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3009 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3010 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3011 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3012 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3014 @item --read-full-records
3017 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3018 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3020 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3022 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3023 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3027 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3030 @item --recursive-unlink
3033 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3034 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3036 @item --remove-files
3038 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3039 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3041 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3043 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3044 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3047 @itemx --preserve-order
3050 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3051 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3052 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3053 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3057 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3058 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3059 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3060 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3062 @item --same-permissions
3064 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3066 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3068 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3069 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3074 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3075 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3077 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3078 @itemx -K @var{name}
3080 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3081 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3084 @item --strip-path=@var{number}
3085 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3086 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3087 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3090 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-path=2
3094 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3096 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3098 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3099 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3101 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3104 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3105 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3110 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3111 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3115 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3121 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3122 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3127 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3131 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3133 @item --unlink-first
3136 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3137 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3139 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3141 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3142 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3147 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3148 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3149 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3154 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3155 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3159 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3160 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3163 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3165 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3166 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3170 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3173 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3174 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3178 @node Short Option Summary
3179 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3181 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3182 them with the equivalent long option.
3188 @samp{--concatenate}
3192 @samp{--read-full-records}
3200 @samp{--info-script}
3204 @samp{--incremental}
3208 @samp{--starting-file}
3212 @samp{--tape-length}
3216 @samp{--multi-volume}
3228 @samp{--absolute-names}
3232 @samp{--block-number}
3244 @samp{--unlink-first}
3256 @samp{--exclude-from}
3264 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3280 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3284 @samp{--dereference}
3288 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3296 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3300 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3301 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3302 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3304 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3312 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3313 @samp{--portability}.
3315 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3316 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3317 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3321 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3345 @samp{--interactive}
3358 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3360 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3361 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3362 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3363 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3364 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3365 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3366 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3367 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3370 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3374 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3375 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3376 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3377 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3378 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3379 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3380 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3381 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3382 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3385 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3386 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3387 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3388 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3389 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3390 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3391 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3392 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3393 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3394 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3397 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3401 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3402 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3403 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3404 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3407 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3411 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3413 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3414 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3415 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3416 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3417 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3419 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3420 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3421 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3422 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3423 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3424 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3425 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3426 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3427 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3428 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3429 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3430 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3431 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3432 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3434 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3435 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3436 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3437 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3438 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3439 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3442 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3444 @cindex Progress information
3445 @cindex Status information
3446 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3447 @cindex Verbose operation
3448 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3449 @cindex Error message, block number of
3450 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3452 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3453 @cindex Information during operation
3454 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3456 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3457 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3458 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3459 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3460 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3461 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3462 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3463 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3464 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3465 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3466 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3467 helpful diagnostic tools.
3469 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3470 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3471 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3472 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3473 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3474 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3476 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3477 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3478 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3479 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3480 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3481 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3482 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3486 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3487 $ @kbd{tar xvv archive.tar}
3490 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3491 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3492 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3493 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3494 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3496 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3497 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3500 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3501 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3502 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3504 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3505 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3506 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3507 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3508 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3509 is actually making forward progress.
3511 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3512 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3514 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3515 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3516 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3517 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3518 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3519 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3522 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3523 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3524 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3525 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3526 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3527 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3528 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3529 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3530 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3531 archive from a pipe.
3533 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3534 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3535 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3536 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3537 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3538 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3539 backup section written.}
3542 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3543 @cindex Interactive operation
3545 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3546 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3547 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3548 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3549 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3550 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3551 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3553 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3554 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3555 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3556 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3557 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3558 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3559 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3560 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3561 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3563 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3564 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3567 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3568 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3569 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3570 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3571 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3572 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3573 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3574 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3575 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3576 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3577 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3580 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3593 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3595 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3596 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3597 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3598 for these operations.
3601 @item @value{op-create}
3603 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3604 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3605 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3606 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3607 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3608 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3609 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3610 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3615 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3616 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3617 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3618 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3619 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3620 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3623 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3624 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3625 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3626 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3627 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3628 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3631 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3632 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3633 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3634 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3635 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3636 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3637 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3638 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3641 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3642 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3645 @item @value{op-extract}
3647 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3649 @item @value{op-list}
3651 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3652 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3653 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3654 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3655 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3656 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3657 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3658 that's really the way to go.
3660 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3661 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3666 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3668 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3669 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3671 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3672 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3673 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3674 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3675 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3676 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3677 error correction in special circumstances.
3679 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3680 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3692 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3695 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3696 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3697 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3698 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3700 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3701 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3702 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3703 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3704 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3705 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3706 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3707 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3709 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3710 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3711 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3712 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3714 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3715 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3716 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3717 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3718 where the last chapter left them.)
3720 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3725 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3728 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3733 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3735 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3739 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3743 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3746 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3747 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3748 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3749 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3750 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3751 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3753 @FIXME{Explain in second paragraph whether you can get to the previous
3754 version -- explain whole situation somewhat more clearly.}
3756 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3757 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3758 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3759 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite numbers of files
3760 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3761 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3762 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3763 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3765 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3766 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3767 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3768 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3769 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3770 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3771 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3772 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3773 will not prompt you about this. Thus, only the most recently archived
3774 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3775 extracted before it, and so on.
3777 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3778 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...}
3780 There are a few ways to get around this. @FIXME-xref{Multiple Members
3781 with the Same Name.}
3783 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3784 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3785 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3786 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3787 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3788 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3789 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3790 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3791 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3792 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3795 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3799 @node appending files
3800 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3802 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3803 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3804 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3806 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3807 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3808 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3809 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3810 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3811 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3812 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3813 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3814 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3815 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3817 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3818 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3819 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3820 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3822 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3823 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3824 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3825 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3826 @file{collection.tar}:
3829 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3833 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3834 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3837 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3838 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3839 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3840 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3841 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3844 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3845 title claims it will become...}
3848 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3850 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3851 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3852 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3853 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3854 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3855 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3856 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3857 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3858 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3859 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that re explicitly don't
3860 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3861 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3862 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3863 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3864 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3865 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3866 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3867 versions of the file.
3869 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3870 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3871 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3872 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3873 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3874 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3875 newer version when it is extracted.
3877 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3878 archive in this way:
3881 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3886 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3887 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3888 list the contents of the archive:
3891 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3892 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3893 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3894 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3895 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3896 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3900 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3901 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3902 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3903 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3904 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory. @xref{Writing},
3905 for more information. (@emph{Please note:} This is the case unless
3906 you employ the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members
3907 with the Same Name}.)
3910 @subsection Updating an Archive
3912 @cindex Updating an archive
3914 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3915 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3916 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3917 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3918 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3919 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3920 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3922 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3923 The operation will fail.
3925 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3926 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3928 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
3929 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3930 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3931 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3939 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
3941 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3942 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3943 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3946 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3947 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3949 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3950 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3951 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3952 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3953 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3957 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3964 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3965 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3966 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3967 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3968 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3969 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3972 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3973 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3974 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3975 information about tapes.
3977 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3978 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3979 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3980 options intended specifically for backups are more
3981 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3984 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
3986 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3987 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3988 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3989 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3990 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3991 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3993 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3994 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3995 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3996 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3997 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3998 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3999 Members with the Same Name.}
4001 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4002 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4003 files from @file{practice}:
4006 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4009 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4015 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4016 contain what they are supposed to:
4019 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4020 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4021 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4022 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4023 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4024 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4027 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4031 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4034 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4035 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4038 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4045 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4046 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4047 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4048 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4049 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4052 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4053 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4055 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4056 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4057 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4058 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4059 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4061 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4062 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4063 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4064 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4065 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4066 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4067 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4068 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4069 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4070 @command{cat} shell utility.
4072 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4073 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4074 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4075 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4076 default archive name.
4079 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4081 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4082 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4084 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4085 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4086 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4087 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4088 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4089 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4090 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4091 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4094 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4096 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4097 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4098 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4099 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4100 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4101 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4102 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4103 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4104 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4105 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4107 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4108 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4109 are in that directory, and then,
4112 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4122 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4123 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4130 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4131 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4132 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4134 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4135 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4138 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4139 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4142 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4143 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4144 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4145 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4146 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4147 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4148 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4150 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4151 archive with a non-default record size.
4153 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4154 corresponding members in the archive.
4156 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4157 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4158 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4159 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4162 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4165 tar: funk not found in archive
4169 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4170 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4171 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4175 funk: does not exist
4178 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4179 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4180 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4182 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4183 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4184 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4186 @node create options
4187 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4189 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4190 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4191 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4195 * Ignore Failed Read::
4198 @node Ignore Failed Read
4199 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4202 @item --ignore-failed-read
4203 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4206 @node extract options
4207 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4210 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4211 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4213 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4214 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4215 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4216 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4217 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4218 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4219 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4220 @samp{--extract} operation.
4223 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4224 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4225 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4229 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4230 @cindex Options when reading archives
4231 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4232 @cindex Records, incomplete
4233 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4234 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4235 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4236 @cindex Small memory
4237 @cindex Running out of space
4240 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4241 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4242 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4243 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4244 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4245 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4246 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4247 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4248 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4250 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4251 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4252 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4253 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4254 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4255 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4257 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4258 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4259 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4260 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4261 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4264 * read full records::
4268 @node read full records
4269 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4271 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4274 @item --read-full-records
4276 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4277 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4278 than the one specified.
4282 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4284 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4285 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4286 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4287 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4288 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4291 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4292 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4293 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4294 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4295 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4298 @item --ignore-zeros
4300 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4301 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4302 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4306 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4307 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4308 @cindex Protecting old files
4309 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4310 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4311 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4312 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4313 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4316 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4319 * Dealing with Old Files::
4320 * Overwrite Old Files::
4323 * Recursive Unlink::
4324 * Modification Times::
4325 * Setting Access Permissions::
4326 * Writing to Standard Output::
4330 @node Dealing with Old Files
4331 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4333 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4334 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4335 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4336 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4337 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4338 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4339 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4340 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4341 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4343 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4344 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4345 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4346 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4347 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4349 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4350 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4351 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4353 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4354 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4355 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4356 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4357 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4358 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4359 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4360 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4361 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4362 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4363 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4364 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4365 @file{/usr/local2}, of course! @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4366 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4367 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4368 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4371 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4372 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4373 before extracting them.
4375 @node Overwrite Old Files
4376 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4380 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4384 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4385 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4386 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4387 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4388 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4389 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4390 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4391 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4392 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4393 they are in the way of extraction.
4395 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4396 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4397 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4398 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4399 are currently being executed.
4401 @item --overwrite-dir
4402 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4403 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4406 @node Keep Old Files
4407 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4410 @item --keep-old-files
4412 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4413 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4414 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4415 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4416 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4421 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4424 @item --unlink-first
4426 Remove files before extracting over them.
4427 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4428 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4429 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4432 @node Recursive Unlink
4433 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4436 @item --recursive-unlink
4437 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4438 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4441 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4442 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4443 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4444 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4446 @node Modification Times
4447 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4449 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4450 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4451 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4454 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4455 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4456 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4461 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4462 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4463 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4466 @node Setting Access Permissions
4467 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4469 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4470 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4471 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4472 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4475 @item --preserve-permission
4476 @itemx --same-permission
4477 @itemx --ignore-umask
4479 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4480 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4484 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4485 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4486 more than one file?}
4488 @node Writing to Standard Output
4489 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4491 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4492 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4493 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4494 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4495 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4496 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4497 found in the archive.
4502 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4503 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4504 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4505 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4506 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4507 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4510 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4511 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4512 it. You can use a command like this:
4515 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4518 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4521 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4525 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4527 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4528 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4529 else in the book...}
4532 @item --remove-files
4533 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4537 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4538 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4539 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4540 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4541 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4550 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4553 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4554 @itemx -K @var{name}
4555 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4556 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4559 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4560 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4561 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4562 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4563 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4564 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4565 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4566 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4567 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4570 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4574 @itemx --preserve-order
4576 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4577 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4579 or @value{op-extract}.
4582 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4583 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4584 the option to exist in either version?}
4586 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4588 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4589 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4590 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4591 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4592 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4593 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4595 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4598 @section Backup options
4600 @cindex backup options
4602 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4603 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4604 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4605 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4606 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4607 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4609 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4610 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4611 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4612 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4613 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4614 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4615 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4616 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4617 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4618 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4620 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4621 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4622 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4623 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4624 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4625 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4626 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4627 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4628 refers to a remote file.
4630 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4631 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4632 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4633 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4638 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4640 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4642 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4643 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4645 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4646 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4647 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4648 use the @samp{existing} method.
4650 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4651 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4652 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4653 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4658 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4659 Always make numbered backups.
4663 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4664 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4669 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4670 Always make simple backups.
4674 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4676 @cindex backup suffix
4677 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4678 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4679 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4680 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4681 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4685 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4686 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4687 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4688 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4689 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4690 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4693 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4697 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4700 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4701 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4702 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4704 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4707 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4708 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4709 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4710 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4711 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4712 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4713 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4714 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4716 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4717 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4718 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4719 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4722 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4726 The command also works using short option forms:
4728 @FIXME{The following using standard input/output correct??}
4730 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4734 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4737 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4739 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4740 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4741 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4742 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4743 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4744 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4745 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4746 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4747 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4748 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4750 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4751 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4752 @value{xref-files-from}.
4754 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4755 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4758 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4761 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4762 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4763 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4764 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4765 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4766 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4767 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4769 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4770 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4771 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4772 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4775 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4776 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4781 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4782 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4789 . + different levels of dumps
4790 . - full dump = dump everything
4791 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4792 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4795 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4796 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4798 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4799 . - how to customize
4800 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4803 . - rsh doesn't work
4804 . - rtape isn't installed
4807 . + the --incremental option of tar
4810 . - write protection
4812 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4813 . - files and tape marks
4814 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4815 . - positioning the tape
4816 MT writes two at end of write,
4817 backspaces over one when writing again.
4822 This chapter documents both the provided FSF scripts and @command{tar}
4823 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4825 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4826 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4827 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4828 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4832 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4833 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4834 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4835 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4836 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4837 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4838 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4842 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4848 @cindex corrupted archives
4849 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4850 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4851 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4852 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4853 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4854 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4856 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4857 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4858 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4860 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4861 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4862 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4864 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4865 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4866 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4868 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4869 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4870 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4872 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4873 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4874 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4875 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4876 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4877 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4879 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4880 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4881 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4883 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4885 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4887 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4888 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4889 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4890 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4891 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4892 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4893 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4894 doing a complete incremental restore.
4896 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4897 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4898 @command{tar} program.
4900 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4901 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4903 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4904 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4905 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4906 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4907 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4908 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4909 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4910 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4911 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4912 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4915 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4916 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4917 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4918 deleted from the directory}.
4920 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4921 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4922 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4923 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4924 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4926 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4927 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4928 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4929 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4930 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4931 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4932 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4934 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4935 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4936 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4937 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4938 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4939 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4940 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4941 appropriate files in the archive.
4943 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4944 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4945 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4946 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4947 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4948 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4952 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4955 @cindex incremental dumps
4956 @cindex dumps, incremental
4958 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4959 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4961 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4962 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4963 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4966 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4972 --blocking-factor=126 \
4974 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4975 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4980 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4981 store information about the previous tar dump.
4983 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4984 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4985 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4986 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4988 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4989 @section The Incremental Options
4992 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4993 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4994 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4995 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4996 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4997 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4998 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5000 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5001 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5002 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5003 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5004 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5005 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5007 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5008 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5009 @command{tar} program.
5011 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5012 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5013 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5014 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5015 extract the files in the archive.
5017 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5018 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5019 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5020 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5021 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5023 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5024 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5025 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5026 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5027 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5028 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5029 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5030 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5031 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5032 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5034 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5035 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5036 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5037 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5038 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5039 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5040 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5041 all appropriate files in the archive.
5043 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5044 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5045 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5046 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5047 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5048 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5051 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5052 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5053 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5056 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5057 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5058 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5059 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5060 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5061 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5062 to be a better way to go.
5064 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5065 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5066 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5067 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5070 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5073 @section Levels of Backups
5076 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5077 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5078 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5079 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5080 are daily re-archived.
5082 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5083 files between full dumps, you can a incremental dump. A @dfn{level
5084 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5087 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5088 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5089 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5090 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5091 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5092 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5093 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5094 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5096 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5097 and level-one dumps. Using scripts (shell programs) to perform
5098 backups and restoration is a convenient and reliable alternative to
5099 typing out file name lists and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5101 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5102 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5103 scripts and by the restore script. @FIXME{There is no such restore
5104 script!}@FIXME-xref{Script Syntax}Once the backup parameters
5105 are set, you can perform backups or restoration by running the
5108 The name of the restore script is @code{restore}. @FIXME{There is
5109 no such restore script!}The names of the level one and full backup
5110 scripts are, respectively, @code{level-1} and @code{level-0}.
5111 The @code{level-0} script also exists under the name @code{weekly}, and
5112 the @code{level-1} under the name @code{daily}---these additional names
5113 can be changed according to your backup schedule. @FIXME-xref{Scripted
5114 Restoration, for more information on running the restoration script.}
5115 @FIXME-xref{Scripted Backups, for more information on running the
5118 @emph{Please Note:} The backup scripts and the restoration scripts are
5119 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5120 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5121 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5122 it is easier to use the scripts.@FIXME{There is no such restore script!}
5123 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{xref-listed-incremental},
5124 before making such an attempt.
5126 @FIXME{shorten node names}
5128 @node Backup Parameters
5129 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5132 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5133 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5134 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5135 before using these scripts.
5137 @FIXME{This about backup scripts needs to be written: BS is a shell
5138 script .... thus ... @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax.}
5140 @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax, for an explanation of this syntax.}
5142 @FIXME{Whats a parameter .... looked at by the backup scripts
5143 ... which will be expecting to find ... now syntax ... value is linked
5144 to lame ... @file{backup-specs} specifies the following parameters:}
5148 The user name of the backup administrator.
5151 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5152 to 23, or the string @samp{now}.
5155 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5156 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5158 @FIXME{examples for all ...}
5161 The command to use to obtain the status of the archive device,
5162 including error count. On some tape drives there may not be such a
5163 command; in that case, simply use @samp{TAPE_STATUS=false}.
5166 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5167 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5170 A list of file systems to be dumped. You can include any directory
5171 name in the list---subdirectories on that file system will be
5172 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5173 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5175 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5176 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5177 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5178 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5179 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5180 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5181 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5182 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5183 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5186 A list of individual files to be dumped. These should be accessible
5187 from the machine on which the backup script is run.
5189 @FIXME{Same file name, be specific. Through NFS ...}
5194 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5195 * Script Syntax:: Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5198 @node backup-specs example
5199 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5202 The following is the text of @file{backup-specs} as it appears at FSF:
5205 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5207 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5209 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5210 TAPE_STATUS="mts -t $TAPE_FILE"
5225 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5226 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5228 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5233 @subsection Syntax for @file{Backup-specs}
5236 @file{backup-specs} is in shell script syntax. The following
5237 conventions should be considered when editing the script:
5238 @FIXME{"conventions?"}
5240 A quoted string is considered to be contiguous, even if it is on more
5241 than one line. Therefore, you cannot include commented-out lines
5242 within a multi-line quoted string. BACKUP_FILES and BACKUP_DIRS are
5243 the two most likely parameters to be multi-line.
5245 A quoted string typically cannot contain wildcards. In
5246 @file{backup-specs}, however, the parameters BACKUP_DIRS and
5247 BACKUP_FILES can contain wildcards.
5249 @node Scripted Backups
5250 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5253 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5256 @file{script-name} [@var{time-to-be-run}]
5259 where @var{time-to-be-run} can be a specific system time, or can be
5260 @kbd{now}. If you do not specify a time, the script runs at the time
5261 specified in @file{backup-specs}. @FIXME-pxref{Script Syntax}
5263 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5264 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5265 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5266 files---a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5267 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5268 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5269 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5270 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive. @FIXME{There is
5271 no such restore script!} @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}
5272 @FIXME{Have file names changed?}
5274 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5275 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5276 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5277 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5278 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5279 detailed explanation of this file.}
5281 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5282 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5283 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5284 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5285 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5286 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-level-1} or
5287 @file{log-@var{mmm-ddd-yyyy}-full}.
5289 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5292 @node Scripted Restoration
5293 @section Using the Restore Script
5298 The @command{tar} distribution does not provide restoring scripts.
5305 @strong{Warning:} The @GNUTAR{} distribution does @emph{not}
5306 provide any such @code{restore} script yet. This section is only
5307 listed here for documentation maintenance purposes. In any case,
5308 all contents is subject to change as things develop.
5311 @FIXME{A section on non-scripted restore may be a good idea.}
5313 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5314 @code{restore} script. The syntax for the script is:
5316 where ***** are the file systems to restore from, and
5317 ***** is a regular expression which specifies which files to
5318 restore. If you specify --all, the script restores all the files
5321 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5322 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5323 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5324 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5325 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5326 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5329 If you specify @samp{--all} as the @var{files} argument, the
5330 @code{restore} script extracts all the files in the archived file
5331 system into the active file system.
5334 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5335 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5338 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5339 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5341 @FIXME{this may be an option, not a given}
5346 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5349 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5351 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5352 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5353 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5354 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5355 are in specified directories.
5358 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5359 * Selecting Archive Members::
5360 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5361 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5363 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5364 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5365 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5369 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5370 @cindex Naming an archive
5371 @cindex Archive Name
5372 @cindex Directing output
5373 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5374 @cindex Where is the archive?
5377 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5380 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5381 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5382 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5383 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5384 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5385 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5386 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5387 instead of the default archive file location.
5390 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5391 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5392 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5396 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5399 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5403 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5404 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5405 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5406 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5407 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5408 for the archive name.
5410 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5411 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5412 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5414 @cindex Writing new archives
5415 @cindex Archive creation
5416 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5417 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5418 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5419 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5420 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5422 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5423 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5424 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5425 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5426 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5427 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5429 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5430 "notable tar usages".}
5433 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5438 @cindex Standard input and output
5439 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5440 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5444 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5448 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5449 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5450 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5451 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5452 as the username on the remote machine.
5454 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5455 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5456 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5457 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5458 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5459 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5460 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5461 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5462 have the @file{/usr/ucb/rmt} program installed. If you need to use a
5463 file whose name includes a colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5464 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5466 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5467 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5468 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5469 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5470 shouldn't mention it..}
5472 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5473 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5474 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5475 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5477 @node Selecting Archive Members
5478 @section Selecting Archive Members
5479 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5480 @cindex Specifying archive members
5482 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5483 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5484 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5485 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5487 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5488 the command line, as follows:
5490 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5493 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5494 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5496 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5497 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5498 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5499 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5500 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5501 @command{tar} does nothing.
5503 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5504 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5505 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5506 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5507 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5510 @section Reading Names from a File
5513 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5514 @cindex Lists of file names
5515 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5516 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5517 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5518 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5519 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5520 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5521 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5522 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5525 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5526 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5527 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5530 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5531 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
5532 names are read from standard input.
5534 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
5535 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
5538 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5540 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5541 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5542 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
5543 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5544 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
5545 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5549 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5550 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5554 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
5561 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5563 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5564 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5565 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5566 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5567 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
5571 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5572 terminate in a newline.
5575 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5576 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5577 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5578 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
5579 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
5580 out there called @file{-C}.
5582 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5583 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5584 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
5585 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5586 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5587 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5588 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5589 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5590 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5593 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5594 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5597 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5600 @section Excluding Some Files
5601 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5602 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5603 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5606 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5607 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5610 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5611 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5615 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5616 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5617 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5618 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5619 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5621 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
5624 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5625 @itemx -X @var{file}
5626 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5630 @findex exclude-from
5631 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5632 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5633 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5634 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5635 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5636 added to the archive.
5638 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5639 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5642 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5643 * problems with exclude::
5646 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5647 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5649 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5650 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5651 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5652 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5654 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5655 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5656 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5657 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5659 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5660 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5663 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5666 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5671 @itemx --no-anchored
5672 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5673 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
5676 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5677 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5678 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5681 @itemx --no-wildcards
5682 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5683 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5684 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5687 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5688 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5689 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5690 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5691 matched only by @samp{/}.
5695 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5696 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5697 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5698 the name's parent directories.
5700 @node problems with exclude
5701 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5703 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5708 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5709 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5710 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5711 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5712 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5713 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5716 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5717 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5718 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5719 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5720 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5721 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5724 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5725 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5726 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5727 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5728 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5729 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5734 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5741 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5745 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5746 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5747 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5751 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5752 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5753 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5754 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5755 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5756 patterns listed in a file.
5761 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5763 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5764 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5765 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5766 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5767 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5768 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5769 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5771 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5773 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5774 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5775 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5776 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5777 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5778 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5779 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5780 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5781 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5783 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5784 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5785 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5786 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5787 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5788 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5789 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5790 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5791 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5792 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5794 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5795 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5796 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5797 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5798 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5799 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5801 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5802 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5803 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5806 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5807 who don't have dan around.}
5809 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5810 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5811 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5812 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5815 @section Operating Only on New Files
5816 @cindex Excluding file by age
5817 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5818 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5821 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5822 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5823 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5824 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5825 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5826 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
5827 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5828 than the @var{date} you specify.
5830 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5831 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5832 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5834 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5835 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5836 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5837 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5840 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5841 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5842 @itemx -N @var{date}
5843 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5845 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5846 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5848 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5849 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5851 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5852 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5855 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5856 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5857 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5858 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5859 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5860 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
5862 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
5863 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
5864 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
5865 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
5867 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
5868 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
5869 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
5870 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
5871 contents of the file were looked at).
5873 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
5874 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
5877 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
5880 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
5881 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
5882 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
5883 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
5887 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
5890 @section Descending into Directories
5891 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
5892 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
5893 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
5894 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
5897 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
5899 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
5901 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
5902 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
5903 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
5904 want @command{tar} to act this way.
5906 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
5907 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
5908 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
5909 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
5910 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
5911 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
5912 @command{tar}, or look.
5915 @item --no-recursion
5916 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
5919 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
5920 This is the default.
5923 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
5924 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
5925 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
5926 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
5927 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
5928 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
5929 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
5930 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
5931 located via @command{find}.
5933 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
5934 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
5935 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
5936 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
5937 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
5938 no new files on its own.
5940 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
5941 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
5942 the files under those directories.
5944 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
5945 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
5947 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
5948 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
5949 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
5952 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
5956 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
5957 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
5958 other than @file{grape/concord}.
5961 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5962 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
5965 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
5966 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
5967 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
5968 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
5969 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
5970 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
5971 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
5974 @item --one-file-system
5976 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
5977 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
5980 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
5981 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
5982 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
5983 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
5984 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
5985 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
5987 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
5988 but nothing under it.
5990 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
5991 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
5992 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
5996 * directory:: Changing Directory
5997 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6001 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6003 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6004 things around some.}
6006 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6007 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6008 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6011 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6012 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6013 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6014 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6018 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6019 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6020 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6026 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6030 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6031 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6032 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6033 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6034 store in the same archive.
6036 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6037 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6038 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6039 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6040 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6042 Contrast this with the command,
6045 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6049 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6050 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6051 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6052 named @file{orange-colored}.
6054 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6055 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6056 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6057 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6061 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6065 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6066 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6067 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6068 directories where those files were located.
6070 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6071 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6072 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6073 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6074 @samp{--directory} option.
6076 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6077 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6080 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6081 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6082 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6083 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6086 @subsection Absolute File Names
6091 @itemx --absolute-names
6092 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6093 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6096 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6097 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6098 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6100 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6101 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6102 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6103 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6104 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6105 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6106 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6107 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6109 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6110 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6111 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6113 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6114 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6115 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6116 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6117 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6118 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6119 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6122 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6123 none of these transformations.
6125 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6126 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6128 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6129 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6130 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6132 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6133 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6134 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6135 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6136 more convenient than switching to root.
6138 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6139 to transfer files between systems.}
6141 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6144 @item --absolute-names
6145 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6146 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6150 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6152 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6153 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6154 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6155 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6157 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6158 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6159 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6162 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6166 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6167 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6171 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6172 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6175 @include getdate.texi
6178 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6180 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6181 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6182 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6184 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6185 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6189 Format used by @GNUTAR{}.
6192 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar.
6195 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6198 Archive format defined by POSIX.1-2001 specification.
6201 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star} implementation.
6204 @GNUTAR{} is able to create archives in any of these formats,
6205 except @samp{star}. It is able to read archives in any of these
6208 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6209 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6210 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6211 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6212 switch to @samp{posix}.
6215 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6216 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6217 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6218 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6219 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6220 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6224 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6226 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6227 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6228 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6229 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6230 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6231 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6232 archives more portable.
6234 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6235 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6236 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6237 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6240 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6241 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6242 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6243 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6244 * posix:: @sc{posix} archives
6245 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6246 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6249 @node Portable Names
6250 @subsection Portable Names
6252 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6253 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6254 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6255 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6256 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6259 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6260 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6261 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6262 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6266 @subsection Symbolic Links
6267 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6268 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6270 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6271 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6272 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6273 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6274 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6275 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6276 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6277 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6279 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6280 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6281 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6282 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6283 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6286 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6287 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6288 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6290 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6291 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6292 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6293 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6296 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6297 @cindex Format, old style
6298 @cindex Old style format
6299 @cindex Old style archives
6301 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6302 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6303 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6304 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6305 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6306 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6307 option). When you specify it,
6308 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6309 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6310 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6312 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6313 unless the archive was created with using this option.
6315 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6316 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6317 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6318 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6319 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6322 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6324 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6325 @sc{posix} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6326 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6327 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6328 specified in that @sc{posix} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6329 @sc{posix} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6330 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6331 incompatible with the current @sc{posix} specification, and with
6332 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6334 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6335 this format by default. This may change in the future, since we plan
6336 to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6338 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6339 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6341 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6342 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6343 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6346 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6347 @item @value{op-incremental}
6348 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6349 @item @value{op-sparse}
6352 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6353 format in the future.
6356 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @sc{posix} @command{tar}
6358 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6359 to read and create archives conforming to @sc{posix.1-2001} standard.
6361 A @sc{posix} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6362 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6363 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6364 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6365 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6368 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6369 @item @value{op-incremental}
6370 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6371 @item @value{op-sparse}
6374 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6377 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6379 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6380 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6381 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6382 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6383 checksums while creating archives, as per @sc{posix} standards. On
6384 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6385 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6386 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6387 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6388 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6391 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6392 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6393 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6394 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6395 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6396 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6397 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6398 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6400 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6401 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6402 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6403 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6404 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6405 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6406 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6407 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6408 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6409 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6410 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6412 @node Large or Negative Values
6413 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6414 @cindex large values
6415 @cindex future time stamps
6416 @cindex negative time stamps
6418 @sc{posix} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6419 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6420 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6421 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6422 generates @sc{posix} representations when possible, but for values
6423 outside the @sc{posix} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6424 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6425 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6426 representations. These representations are an extension to @sc{posix}
6427 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6429 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6430 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6432 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @sc{posix}
6433 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6435 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @sc{posix}
6436 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6437 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6438 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6439 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6440 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6442 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6443 stamps are a common @sc{posix} extension but their @code{time_t}
6444 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6445 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6446 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6447 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6448 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6449 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6450 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6453 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6456 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6457 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6461 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6462 @cindex Compressed archives
6463 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6470 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6473 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
6474 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
6475 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
6477 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
6478 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6479 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6480 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6481 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6482 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
6483 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
6485 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
6486 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
6487 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
6489 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
6490 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
6491 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
6495 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6499 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
6503 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
6507 to explode and unpack.
6509 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
6510 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
6511 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
6512 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
6513 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
6514 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
6515 disk space, by using pipes internally:
6518 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
6521 @cindex corrupted archives
6522 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6523 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6524 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6525 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6526 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6527 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6529 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6530 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6531 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6532 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6533 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6534 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6539 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6544 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6547 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6548 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
6551 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
6552 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
6553 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
6554 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
6555 reading the archive.
6557 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
6558 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
6559 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
6560 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
6561 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
6562 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
6563 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
6565 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
6566 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
6567 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
6568 more information on these operations.
6570 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
6571 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
6572 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
6574 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
6575 the @code{bzip2} utility.
6582 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
6583 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
6584 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
6585 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
6588 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
6589 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
6590 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
6592 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
6593 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6594 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6595 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6598 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6599 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6600 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6601 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6602 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6603 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6604 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6605 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6606 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6607 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6609 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6610 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6611 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6612 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6613 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6615 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6616 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6617 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6618 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6619 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6621 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6622 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6623 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6624 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
6625 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6627 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6628 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6629 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6630 end up with less space on the tape.
6633 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6634 @cindex Sparse Files
6640 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6643 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6644 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6645 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6646 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6647 space needed to store such a file.
6649 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6650 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6651 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6652 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6654 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6655 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6656 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6657 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6658 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6659 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6660 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6661 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6662 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6663 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6664 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6665 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6666 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6667 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6668 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6669 more space than the original.
6671 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6672 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6673 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6674 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6675 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6676 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6677 about creating archives.
6679 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6680 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6681 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6684 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6685 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6686 sparsely in the system.
6688 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6689 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6690 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6691 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6692 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6693 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6696 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6701 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6702 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6705 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6706 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6707 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6708 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6709 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6710 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6711 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6712 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6713 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6714 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6716 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6717 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6718 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6719 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6720 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6721 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6722 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6724 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6725 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6726 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6727 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6728 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6729 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6730 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6734 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6735 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6736 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6737 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6738 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6739 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6741 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6742 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6743 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6748 @section Handling File Attributes
6751 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6752 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6753 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6754 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6756 Handling of file attributes
6759 @item --atime-preserve
6760 Preserve access times on files that are read.
6761 This doesn't work for files that
6762 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
6763 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
6764 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
6765 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
6769 Do not extract file modified time.
6771 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
6772 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
6773 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
6775 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6778 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
6781 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
6782 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
6783 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
6784 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
6785 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
6786 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
6787 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
6789 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
6790 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
6791 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
6792 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
6793 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
6794 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
6795 stored in the archive instead.
6797 @item --no-same-owner
6799 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
6800 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
6801 only for the superuser.
6803 @item --numeric-owner
6804 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
6805 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
6806 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
6807 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
6808 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
6810 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
6811 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
6812 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
6813 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
6814 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
6815 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
6816 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
6817 disk into another machine to do the restore.
6819 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
6820 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
6821 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
6822 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
6823 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
6824 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
6826 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
6827 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
6828 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
6829 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
6830 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
6831 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
6832 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
6833 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
6834 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
6835 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
6836 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
6837 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
6838 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
6839 gives you a great deal of control already.
6842 @itemx --same-permissions
6843 @itemx --preserve-permissions
6844 Extract all protection information.
6846 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
6847 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
6848 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
6851 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
6854 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
6856 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
6857 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
6859 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
6864 @section The Standard Format
6867 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
6868 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
6869 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
6870 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
6871 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
6872 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
6873 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
6875 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
6876 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of 512 zero bytes. A file
6877 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
6878 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
6879 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
6880 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
6881 information about file types.
6883 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
6884 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
6885 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
6886 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
6887 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
6888 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
6890 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
6891 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
6892 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
6894 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
6895 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
6896 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
6898 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
6899 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
6900 of the file. At the end of the archive file there may be a block
6901 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
6902 should write a block of zeros at the end, but must not assume that
6903 such a block exists when reading an archive.
6905 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
6906 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
6907 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
6908 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
6909 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
6910 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
6911 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
6912 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
6913 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
6914 records after a zero block.
6916 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
6917 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
6920 @include header.texi
6923 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
6924 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
6925 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
6926 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
6929 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
6930 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
6931 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
6932 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
6933 of file contents is performed.
6935 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
6936 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
6937 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
6938 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 2 digits, a space, and a null, except
6939 @code{size}, and @code{mtime}, which do not contain the trailing null.
6941 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
6942 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
6944 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
6946 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
6947 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
6948 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
6949 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
6950 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
6951 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
6952 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
6953 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
6954 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
6955 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
6957 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
6958 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
6959 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
6961 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
6962 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
6963 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
6965 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
6966 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
6967 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
6968 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
6970 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
6971 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
6972 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
6973 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
6974 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
6975 if it were all blanks.
6977 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
6978 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
6979 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
6980 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
6982 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
6983 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
6984 and last inode-change time.
6986 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
6987 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
6988 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
6989 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
6992 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
6993 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
6994 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
6995 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
6996 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
6997 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
6998 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
6999 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7000 differently from non-sparse files.
7002 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7003 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7004 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7005 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7006 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7007 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7008 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7009 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7010 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7011 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7012 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7013 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7014 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7015 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7016 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7017 used to handle a sparse file:
7019 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7020 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7021 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7022 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7025 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7026 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7028 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7029 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7030 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7031 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7032 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7033 an extended_header is needed.
7035 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7036 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7037 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7038 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7040 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7041 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7042 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7043 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7047 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7048 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7049 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7050 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7051 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7052 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7053 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7054 ends with a slash as a directory.
7056 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7057 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7058 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7059 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7060 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7062 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7063 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7064 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7066 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7067 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7068 These represent character special files and block special files
7069 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7070 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7071 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7072 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7074 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7075 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7076 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7077 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7078 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7079 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7080 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7081 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7084 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7085 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7086 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7088 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7089 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7090 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7091 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7092 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7093 type as a normal file.
7095 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7096 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7097 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7101 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7102 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7104 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7105 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7106 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7107 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7108 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7109 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7111 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7112 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7113 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7114 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7117 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7120 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7121 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7124 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7126 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7127 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7128 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7129 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7130 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7131 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7134 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7136 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7137 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7138 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7139 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7140 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7141 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7142 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7143 the original size of the file.
7145 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7147 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7148 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7149 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7150 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7152 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7154 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7155 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7156 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7157 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7158 of an archive should have this type.
7162 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7163 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7164 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7165 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7166 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7167 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7168 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7172 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7175 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7177 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7178 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7179 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7180 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7181 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7182 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7184 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7185 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7186 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7187 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7188 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7189 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7190 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7191 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7193 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7194 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7195 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7196 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7198 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7200 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7201 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7202 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7204 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7205 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7206 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7207 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7208 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7209 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7210 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7211 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7212 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7213 make hard links between them.
7215 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7216 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7217 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7218 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7222 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7225 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7226 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7227 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7230 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7234 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7235 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7236 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7237 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7238 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7240 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7241 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7244 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7246 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7247 to start on a record boundary.
7250 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7251 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7252 crashed archives at all.)
7255 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7256 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7257 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7258 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7259 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7260 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7261 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7265 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7266 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7269 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7270 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7271 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7274 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7275 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7276 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7277 backwards compatibility.
7279 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7280 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7281 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7284 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7287 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7288 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7290 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7291 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7292 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7293 such manipulation easier.
7295 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7296 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7298 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7299 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7300 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7301 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7303 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7304 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7305 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7306 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7307 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7308 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7310 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7311 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7312 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7316 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7317 * Remote Tape Server::
7318 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7319 * Blocking:: Blocking
7320 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7321 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7322 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7324 * Write Protection::
7328 @section Device Selection and Switching
7332 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7333 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7334 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7337 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7340 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7341 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7342 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7343 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7344 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7346 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7347 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7348 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7349 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7350 @command{remsh}) to start up an @file{/etc/rmt} on the remote machine. If
7351 you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the @command{rsh}.
7352 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable @file{/etc/rmt}.
7353 This program is free software from the University of California, and a
7354 copy of the source code can be found with the sources for @command{tar};
7355 it's compiled and installed by default.
7357 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7358 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7359 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7360 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7361 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7363 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7364 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7365 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7366 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7367 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7368 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7369 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7370 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7371 cartridges or diskettes.
7373 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7374 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7375 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7376 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7377 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7378 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7379 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7380 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7381 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7382 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7383 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7384 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7386 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7387 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7388 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7389 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7390 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7394 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7396 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7397 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7398 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7399 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7401 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7402 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7403 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7404 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7405 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7406 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7409 Specify drive and density.
7412 @itemx --multi-volume
7413 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7415 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7416 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7417 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7420 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7421 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7423 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7424 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7425 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7428 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7429 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7430 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7431 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7434 @node Remote Tape Server
7435 @section The Remote Tape Server
7437 @cindex remote tape drive
7439 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7440 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7441 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as @file{/etc/rmt}
7442 on any machine whose tape drive you want to use. @command{tar} calls
7443 @file{/etc/rmt} by running an @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote
7444 machine, optionally using a different login name if one is supplied.
7446 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7447 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7448 California, but can be freely distributed. Instructions for compiling
7449 and installing it are included in the @file{Makefile}.
7451 @cindex absolute file names
7452 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7453 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7454 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7455 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7456 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7457 message telling you what it is doing.
7459 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7460 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7461 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7462 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7463 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7464 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7465 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7466 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7467 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7470 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7471 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7472 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7473 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7474 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7475 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7476 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7478 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7479 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7480 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7481 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7482 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7483 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7485 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7486 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7487 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7488 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7489 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7490 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7492 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7493 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7494 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7495 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7496 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7498 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7499 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7501 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7502 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7503 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7504 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7505 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7506 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7507 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7508 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7510 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7511 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7518 no such file or directory
7521 errors from @command{tar}:
7522 directory checksum error
7525 errors from media/system:
7536 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7537 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7538 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7539 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7540 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7542 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7543 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7546 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7547 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7548 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7549 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7550 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7551 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7552 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7553 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7554 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7555 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7557 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7558 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7559 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7560 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @sc{posix} (no surprise
7561 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7562 into the source code too.
7565 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7566 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7567 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7568 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7569 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7570 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7571 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7572 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7573 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7574 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7575 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7578 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7579 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7580 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7581 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7582 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7583 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7584 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7585 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7586 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7587 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7588 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7589 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7590 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7591 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7592 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7594 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7595 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7596 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7597 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7598 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7599 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7600 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7601 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7603 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7604 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7605 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7606 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7609 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7610 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7611 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7612 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7613 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7614 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7615 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7616 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7617 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7618 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7619 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7620 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7621 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7622 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7623 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7624 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7627 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7628 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7629 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7630 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7631 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7633 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7634 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7635 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7636 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7637 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7638 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7639 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7640 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7641 around one megabyte.
7643 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7644 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7645 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7646 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7647 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7651 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7652 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7655 @node Format Variations
7656 @subsection Format Variations
7657 @cindex Format Parameters
7658 @cindex Format Options
7659 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7660 @cindex Options, format specifying
7663 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7664 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7665 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7668 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7669 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7670 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7671 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7672 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7673 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7674 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7675 examples of format parameter considerations.
7677 @node Blocking Factor
7678 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7679 @cindex Blocking Factor
7681 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7682 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7683 @cindex Bytes per record
7684 @cindex Blocks per record
7687 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7688 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7689 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7690 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7691 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7692 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7693 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7694 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7695 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7697 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7698 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7699 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7700 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7701 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7702 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7703 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7704 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7705 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7706 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7707 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7710 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7712 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7713 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7714 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7715 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7716 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7717 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7719 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7720 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7721 example, this has been reported:
7724 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7728 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7729 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7730 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7731 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7732 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7733 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7734 for example, might resolve the problem.
7736 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7737 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7738 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7739 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7740 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7741 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7742 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7743 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7744 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7745 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7746 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7747 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7748 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7751 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
7752 @itemx -b @var{number}
7753 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
7754 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
7760 @item -b @var{blocks}
7761 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
7762 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
7764 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
7765 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
7766 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
7767 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
7768 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
7769 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
7771 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
7772 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
7773 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
7774 running on old machines with small address spaces.
7776 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
7777 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
7778 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
7779 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
7780 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
7782 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
7783 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
7784 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
7785 updating the archive.
7787 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
7788 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
7789 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
7790 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
7792 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
7793 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
7794 the amount of available virtual memory.
7796 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
7797 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
7798 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
7801 the archive is subject to a compression option,
7803 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
7804 redirected nor piped,
7806 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
7809 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
7813 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
7814 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
7815 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
7821 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
7822 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
7823 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
7824 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
7825 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
7826 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
7829 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
7830 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
7831 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
7832 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
7836 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
7837 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
7838 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
7839 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
7840 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
7841 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
7842 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
7845 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
7846 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
7847 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
7851 @itemx --ignore-zeros
7852 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
7854 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
7855 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
7856 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
7857 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
7858 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
7859 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
7862 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
7863 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
7864 are stored on a single physical tape.
7867 @itemx --read-full-records
7868 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
7870 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
7871 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
7872 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
7875 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
7876 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
7877 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
7878 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
7879 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
7880 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
7882 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
7888 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
7890 @cindex blocking factor
7891 @cindex tape blocking
7893 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
7894 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
7895 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
7896 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
7897 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
7898 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
7899 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
7900 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
7901 tape motion without loosing information.
7903 @cindex Exabyte blocking
7904 @cindex DAT blocking
7905 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
7906 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
7907 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
7908 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
7909 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
7910 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
7911 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
7912 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
7913 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
7914 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
7915 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
7916 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
7917 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
7918 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
7919 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
7920 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
7922 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
7923 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
7924 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
7925 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
7927 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
7928 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
7929 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
7931 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
7932 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
7933 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
7936 @section Many Archives on One Tape
7938 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
7940 @findex ntape @r{device}
7941 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
7942 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
7943 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
7944 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
7945 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
7946 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
7947 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
7950 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
7951 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
7952 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
7953 means that a simple:
7956 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
7960 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
7961 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
7962 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
7965 @cindex tape positioning
7966 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
7967 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
7968 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
7969 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
7970 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
7971 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
7972 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
7973 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
7974 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
7975 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
7978 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
7979 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
7982 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
7983 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
7987 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
7988 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
7989 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
7990 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
7991 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
7992 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
7993 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
7994 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
7995 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
7996 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
7997 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
7999 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8000 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8003 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8007 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8009 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8010 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8011 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8012 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8013 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8014 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8018 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8019 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8020 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8023 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8024 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8027 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8028 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8031 @node Tape Positioning
8032 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8035 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8036 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8037 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8038 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8039 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8040 two at the end of all the file entries.
8042 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8043 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8046 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8049 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8050 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8051 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8052 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8053 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8054 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8055 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8056 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8057 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8058 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8059 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8060 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8061 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8063 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8064 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8065 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8066 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8070 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8074 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8077 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8078 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8079 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8081 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8082 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8083 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8084 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8085 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8088 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8091 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8094 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8095 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8096 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8098 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8103 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8106 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8109 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8112 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8116 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8119 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8123 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8125 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8126 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8129 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8130 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8133 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8135 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8136 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8137 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8138 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8139 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8141 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8142 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8145 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8147 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8148 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8151 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8152 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8153 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8154 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8155 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8157 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8158 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8159 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8160 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8161 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8162 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8163 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8164 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8167 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8168 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8169 process them properly.
8171 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8176 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8178 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8179 @item n @var{file name}
8180 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8182 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8184 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8187 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8188 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8190 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8191 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8192 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8193 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8194 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8196 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8197 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8199 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8200 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8201 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8202 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8203 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8204 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8205 never required for real, as far as we know.
8207 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8208 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8209 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8210 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8211 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8212 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8213 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8214 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8217 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8218 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8219 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8220 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8221 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8222 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8223 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8226 Multi-volume archives
8228 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8229 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8230 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8231 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8233 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8234 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8235 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8236 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8237 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8238 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8241 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8242 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8243 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8244 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8247 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8248 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8252 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8253 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8256 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8257 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8258 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8261 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8262 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8263 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8264 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8265 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8266 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8268 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8269 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8270 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8271 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8272 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8273 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8275 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8276 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8277 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8278 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8279 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8280 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8282 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8283 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8284 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8285 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8286 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8287 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8288 information about extracting archives.
8290 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8291 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8292 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8293 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8294 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8295 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8296 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8298 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8299 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8300 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8301 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8303 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8304 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8305 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8306 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8307 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8309 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8312 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8313 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8316 @item --multi-volume
8318 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8319 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8320 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8323 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8324 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8325 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8329 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8330 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8331 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8332 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8333 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8334 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8335 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8336 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8337 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8338 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8339 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8340 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8343 @subsection Tape Files
8346 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8347 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8348 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8349 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8350 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8351 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8352 volume label will have
8353 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8354 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8355 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8356 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8358 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8359 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8360 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8361 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8362 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8363 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8364 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8366 People seem to often do:
8369 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8372 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8375 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8376 @cindex Labeling an archive
8377 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8382 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8383 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8386 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8387 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8388 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8389 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8392 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8394 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8395 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8396 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8397 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8398 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8400 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8401 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8402 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8403 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8404 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8407 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8408 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8409 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8410 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8411 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8412 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8413 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8414 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8415 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8416 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8417 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8418 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8419 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8420 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8422 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
8423 under that name anymore.
8425 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8426 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8427 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8428 in the example below:
8431 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8432 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8433 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8437 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8438 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8439 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8440 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8441 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8442 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8443 @value{op-extract} option.
8446 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8447 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8448 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8449 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8452 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8453 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8454 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8457 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8458 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8459 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8460 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8461 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8462 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8463 is usually not the case.
8465 @FIXME{was --volume}
8468 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8469 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8470 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8475 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8478 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8479 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8480 are recorded on the standard error output.
8482 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8483 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8486 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8487 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8488 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8489 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8492 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8493 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8494 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8495 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8496 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8498 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8499 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8500 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8501 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8503 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8504 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8505 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8507 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8508 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8509 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8510 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8511 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8512 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8513 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8514 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8515 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8516 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8517 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8518 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8520 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8521 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8522 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8523 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8524 as long as programming is concerned.
8526 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8527 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8528 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8529 for more information on these operations.
8531 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8532 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8533 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8534 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8535 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8537 @node Write Protection
8538 @section Write Protection
8540 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8541 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8542 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8543 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8544 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8545 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8547 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8548 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8549 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8550 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8553 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8554 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8555 @include freemanuals.texi
8557 @node Copying This Manual
8558 @appendix Copying This Manual
8561 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8576 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32